annotate runtime/doc/syntax.txt @ 2386:fb8cce4174f0 vim73

Better text for 'concealcursor' in :options window.
author Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
date Sat, 24 Jul 2010 15:56:43 +0200
parents 85b7dc8da5eb
children 0c8219a26bc9
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
2386
fb8cce4174f0 Better text for 'concealcursor' in :options window.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2378
diff changeset
1 *syntax.txt* For Vim version 7.3b. Last change: 2010 Jul 24
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
6
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
7 Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
9 Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
10 color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
11 doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
12 limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
13 calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
14
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
15 Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
16 terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
17 GUI version, gvim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
18
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
19 In the User Manual:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
20 |usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
21 |usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
22
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
23 1. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
24 2. Syntax files |:syn-files|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
25 3. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
26 4. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
27 5. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
28 6. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
29 7. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
30 8. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
31 9. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
32 10. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
33 11. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
34 12. Highlight command |:highlight|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
35 13. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
36 14. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
37 15. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
38 16. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
39 17. Color xterms |xterm-color|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
40
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
41 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
42
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
43 Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
44 disabled at compile time.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
45
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
46 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
47 1. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
48
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
49 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
50 This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
51
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
52 :syntax enable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
53
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
54 What this command actually does is to execute the command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
55 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
56
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
57 If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
58 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
59 fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
60 directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
61 are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
62 "/usr/vim/vim50". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
63
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
64 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
65 The ":syntax enable" command will keep your current color settings. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
66 allows using ":highlight" commands to set your preferred colors before or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
67 after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
68 defaults, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
69 :syntax on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
70 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
71 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
72 If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
73 with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
74 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
75 For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
76 For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
77
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
78 NOTE: The syntax files on MS-DOS and Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
79 The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
80 file for your system. Although on MS-DOS and Windows the right format is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
81 automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
82
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
83 NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
84 of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
85 reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
86 used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
87 highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
88
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
89 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
90 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
91
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
92 NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
93 foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
94
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
95
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
96 You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
97 :if exists("syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
98
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
99 To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
100 :map <F7> :if exists("syntax_on") <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
101 \ syntax off <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
102 \ else <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
103 \ syntax enable <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
104 \ endif <CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
105 [using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
106
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
107 Details:
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
108 The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
109 this works, look in the file:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
110 command file ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
111 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
112 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
113 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
114 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
115 Also see |syntax-loading|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
116
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
117 NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
118 makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
119
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
120 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
121 2. Syntax files *:syn-files*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
122
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
123 The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
124 a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
125 name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
126 a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
127 Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
128 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
129 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
130
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
131 The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
132 the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
133 language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
134 for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
135 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
136
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
137 The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
138 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
139 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
140 These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
141
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
142
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
143 MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
144
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
145 When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
146 automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
147
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
148 1. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
149 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
150 mkdir ~/.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
151
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
152 2. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
153 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
154
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
155 3. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
156 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
157 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
158
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
159 Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
160 :set syntax=mine
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
161 You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
162
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
163 If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
164
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
165 If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
166 to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
167
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
168
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
169 ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
170
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
171 If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
172 add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
173
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
174 1. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
175
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
176 2. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
177 mkdir ~/.vim/after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
178 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
179
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
180 3. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
181 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
182 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
183
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
184 4. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
185 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
186 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
187
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
188 That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
189 different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
190
169
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
191 If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
192 All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
193 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
194 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
0e902b8f511f updated for version 7.0051
vimboss
parents: 140
diff changeset
195
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
196
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
197 REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
198
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
199 If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
200 version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
201 that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
202 Vim will only load the first syntax file found.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
203
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
204
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
205 NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
206
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
207 A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
208 thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
209 A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
210
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
211 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
212 and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
213
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
214 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
215 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
216 These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
217 you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
218
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
219 *Comment any comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
220
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
221 *Constant any constant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
222 String a string constant: "this is a string"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
223 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
224 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
225 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
226 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
227
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
228 *Identifier any variable name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
229 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
230
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
231 *Statement any statement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
232 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
233 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
234 Label case, default, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
235 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
236 Keyword any other keyword
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
237 Exception try, catch, throw
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
238
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
239 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
240 Include preprocessor #include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
241 Define preprocessor #define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
242 Macro same as Define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
243 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
244
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
245 *Type int, long, char, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
246 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
247 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
248 Typedef A typedef
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
249
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
250 *Special any special symbol
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
251 SpecialChar special character in a constant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
252 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
253 Delimiter character that needs attention
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
254 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
255 Debug debugging statements
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
256
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
257 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
258
2386
fb8cce4174f0 Better text for 'concealcursor' in :options window.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2378
diff changeset
259 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
260
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
261 *Error any erroneous construct
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
262
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
263 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
264 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
265
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
266 The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
267 For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
268 The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
269 highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
270 after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
272 Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
273 can be used for the same group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
274
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
275 The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
276 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
277
2386
fb8cce4174f0 Better text for 'concealcursor' in :options window.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2378
diff changeset
278 *hl-Ignore*
fb8cce4174f0 Better text for 'concealcursor' in :options window.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2378
diff changeset
279 When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
fb8cce4174f0 Better text for 'concealcursor' in :options window.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2378
diff changeset
280 mechanism. See |conceal|.
fb8cce4174f0 Better text for 'concealcursor' in :options window.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2378
diff changeset
281
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
282 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
283 3. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
284
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
285 This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
286 issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
287 located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
288
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
289 ":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
290
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
291 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
292 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
293 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
294 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
295 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
296 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
297 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
298 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
299 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
300 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
301 | | set yet.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
302 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
303 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
304 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
305 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
306 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
307 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
308 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
309 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
310 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
311 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
312 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
313 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
314 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
315 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
316 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
317 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
318 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
319 | | *synload-4*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
320 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
321 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
322 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
323 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
324 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
325 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
326 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
327 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
328 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
329 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
330 already loaded buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
331
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
332
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
333 Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
334
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
335 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
336 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
337 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
338 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
339 | option is set to the file type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
340 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
341 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
342 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
343 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
344 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
345 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
346 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
347 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
348 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
349 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
350 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
351 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
352 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
353 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
354 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
355 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
356 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
357 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
358 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
359 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
360 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
361 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
362 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
363 syntax.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
364
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
365 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
366 4. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
367
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
368 *b:current_syntax-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
369 Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
370 "b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
371 settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
372 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
373 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
374 :au BufReadPost * endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
375
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
376
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
377 2HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
378
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
379 This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
380 window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
381
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
382 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
383 Source the script to convert the current file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
384
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
385 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
386 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
387 *:TOhtml*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
388 Or use the ":TOhtml" user command. It is defined in a standard plugin.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
389 ":TOhtml" also works with a range and in a Visual area: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
390
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
391 :10,40TOhtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
392
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
393 Warning: This is slow! The script must process every character of every line.
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
394 Because it is so slow, by default a progress bar is displayed in the
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
395 statusline for each step that usually takes a long time. If you don't like
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
396 seeing this progress bar, you can disable it and get a very minor speed
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
397 improvement with: >
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
398
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
399 let g:html_no_progress = 1
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
400
2304
a59e6ac5ed28 When the buffer is in diff mode, have :TOhtml create HTML to show the diff
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2296
diff changeset
401 ":TOhtml" has another special feature: if the window is in diff mode, it will
a59e6ac5ed28 When the buffer is in diff mode, have :TOhtml create HTML to show the diff
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2296
diff changeset
402 generate HTML that shows all the related windows. This can be disabled by
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
403 setting the g:html_diff_one_file variable: >
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
404
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
405 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
2304
a59e6ac5ed28 When the buffer is in diff mode, have :TOhtml create HTML to show the diff
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2296
diff changeset
406
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
407 After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
408 colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
409
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
410 To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
411 command, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first and
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
412 last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
413
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
414 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
415 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
416
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
417 The lines are numbered according to 'number' option and the Number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
418 highlighting. You can force lines to be numbered in the HTML output by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
419 setting "html_number_lines" to non-zero value: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
420 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
421 Force to omit the line numbers by using a zero value: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
422 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
423 Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
424 :unlet g:html_number_lines
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
425
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
426 By default, HTML optimized for old browsers is generated. If you prefer using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
427 cascading style sheets (CSS1) for the attributes (resulting in considerably
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
428 shorter and valid HTML 4 file), use: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
429 :let g:html_use_css = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
430
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
431 Closed folds are put in the HTML as they are displayed. If you don't want
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
432 this, use the |zR| command before invoking 2html, or use: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
433 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
434
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
435 You may want to generate HTML that includes all the data within the folds, and
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
436 allow the user to view the folded data similar to how they would in Vim. To
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
437 generate this dynamic fold information, use: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
438 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
439
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
440 Using html_dynamic_folds will imply html_use_css, because it would be far too
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
441 difficult to do it for old browsers. However, html_ignore_folding overrides
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
442 html_dynamic_folds.
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
443
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
444 Using html_dynamic_folds will default to generating a foldcolumn in the html
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
445 similar to Vim's foldcolumn, that will use javascript to open and close the
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
446 folds in the HTML document. The width of this foldcolumn starts at the current
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
447 setting of |'foldcolumn'| but grows to fit the greatest foldlevel in your
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
448 document. If you do not want to show a foldcolumn at all, use: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
449 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
450
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
451 Using this option, there will be no foldcolumn available to open the folds in
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
452 the HTML. For this reason, another option is provided: html_hover_unfold.
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
453 Enabling this option will use CSS 2.0 to allow a user to open a fold by
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
454 hovering the mouse pointer over it. Note that old browsers (notably Internet
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
455 Explorer 6) will not support this feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
456 included to fall back to the normal CSS1 code so that the folds show up
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
457 correctly for this browser, but they will not be openable without a
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
458 foldcolumn. Note that using html_hover_unfold will allow modern browsers with
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
459 disabled javascript to view closed folds. To use this option, use: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
460 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
461
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
462 Setting html_no_foldcolumn with html_dynamic_folds will automatically set
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
463 html_hover_unfold, because otherwise the folds wouldn't be dynamic.
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
464
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
465 By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" is used around the text. This makes it show
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
466 up as you see it in Vim, but without wrapping. If you prefer wrapping, at the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
467 risk of making some things look a bit different, use: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
468 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
469 This will use <br> at the end of each line and use "&nbsp;" for repeated
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
470 spaces.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
471
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
472 The current value of 'encoding' is used to specify the charset of the HTML
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
473 file. This only works for those values of 'encoding' that have an equivalent
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
474 HTML charset name. To overrule this set g:html_use_encoding to the name of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
475 the charset to be used: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
476 :let g:html_use_encoding = "foobar"
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
477 To omit the line that specifies the charset, set g:html_use_encoding to an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
478 empty string: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
479 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
480 To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the g:html_use_encoding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
481 variable: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
482 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
483 <
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
484 For diff mode a sequence of more than 3 filler lines is displayed as three
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
485 lines with the middle line mentioning the total number of inserted lines. If
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
486 you prefer to see all the inserted lines use: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
487 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
488 And to go back to displaying up to three lines again: >
2321
1902913f2049 Improved version of 2html.vim.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2314
diff changeset
489 :unlet g:html_whole_filler
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
490 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
491 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
492 An alternative is to have the script generate XHTML (XML compliant HTML). To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
493 do this set the "use_xhtml" variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
494 :let use_xhtml = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
495 To disable it again delete the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
496 :unlet use_xhtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
497
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
498 Remarks:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
499 - This only works in a version with GUI support. If the GUI is not actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
500 running (possible for X11) it still works, but not very well (the colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
501 may be wrong).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
502 - Older browsers will not show the background colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
503 - From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
504
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
505 Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
506 Unix shell: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
507 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
508 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
509
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
510 ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
511
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
512 ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
513 any value to the respective variable. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
514 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
515 To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
516 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
517
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
518 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
519 abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
520 abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
521
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
522
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
523 ADA
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
524
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
525 See |ft-ada-syntax|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
526
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
527
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
528 ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
529
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
530 The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
531 by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
532 by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
533 and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
534
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
535 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
536
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
537 will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
538
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
539 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
540 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
541 ]]></script>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
542
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
543 See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
544
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
545
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
546 APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
547
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
548 The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting depending on Apache HTTP
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
549 server version, by default for 1.3.x. Set "apache_version" to Apache version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
550 (as a string) to get highlighting for another version. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
551
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
552 :let apache_version = "2.0"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
553 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
554
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
555 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
556 ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
557 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
558
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
559 Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
560 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
561 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
562 :let filetype_i = "asm"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
563 Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
564
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
565 There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
566 extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
567 line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
568 files are included:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
569 asm GNU assembly (the default)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
570 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
571 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
572 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
573 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
574 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
575 nasm Netwide assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
576 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
577 MMX)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
578 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
579
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
580 The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
581 asmsyntax=nasm
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
582 Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
583 one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
584 immediately before or after this text.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
585
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
586 The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
587 b:asmsyntax variable: >
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
588 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
589
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
590 If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
591 the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
592 language: >
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
593 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
594
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
595 As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
596
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
597
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
598 Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
599
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
600 To enable a feature: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
601 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
602 To disable a feature: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
603 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
604
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
605 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
606 nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
607 (parser dependent; not recommended)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
608 nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
609 nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
610
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
611
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
612 ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
613
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
614 *.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
615 hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
616 using. For Perl script use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
617 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
618 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
619 For Visual Basic use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
620 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
621 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
622
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
623
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
624 BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
844
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
625
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
626 The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV upto SSA ERP LN
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
627 for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
628 are supported.
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
629
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
630 Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
631 in ones |.vimrc|: >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
632 let baan_code_stds=1
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
633
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
634 *baan-folding*
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
635
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
636 Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
637 mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
638 source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
639
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
640 To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
641 let baan_fold=1
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
642 Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
643 indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
644 considered equal to a tab). >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
645 let baan_fold_block=1
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
646 Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
647 SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
844
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
648 match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
649 let baan_fold_sql=1
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
650 Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
844
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
651 the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
652 .../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
653 set foldminlines=5
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
654 set foldnestmax=6
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
655
d3bbb5dd3913 updated for version 7.0f02
vimboss
parents: 842
diff changeset
656
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
657 BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
658
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
659 Both Visual Basic and "normal" basic use the extension ".bas". To detect
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
660 which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
661 five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
662 otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
663 Basic.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
664
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
665
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
666 C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
667
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
668 A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
669 to the respective variable. Example: >
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
670 :let c_comment_strings = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
671 To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
672 :unlet c_comment_strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
674 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
675 c_gnu GNU gcc specific items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
676 c_comment_strings strings and numbers inside a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
677 c_space_errors trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
678 c_no_trail_space_error ... but no trailing spaces
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
679 c_no_tab_space_error ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
680 c_no_bracket_error don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
140
8ecb0db93e9a updated for version 7.0045
vimboss
parents: 36
diff changeset
681 c_no_curly_error don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
8ecb0db93e9a updated for version 7.0045
vimboss
parents: 36
diff changeset
682 except { and } in first column
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
683 c_curly_error highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
684 start of the file, can be slow
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
685 c_no_ansi don't do standard ANSI types and constants
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
686 c_ansi_typedefs ... but do standard ANSI types
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
687 c_ansi_constants ... but do standard ANSI constants
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
688 c_no_utf don't highlight \u and \U in strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
689 c_syntax_for_h use C syntax for *.h files, instead of C++
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
690 c_no_if0 don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
691 c_no_cformat don't highlight %-formats in strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
692 c_no_c99 don't highlight C99 standard items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
693
36
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
694 When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
695 become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
696 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
842
a209672376fd updated for version 7.0f
vimboss
parents: 838
diff changeset
697 "#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
a209672376fd updated for version 7.0f
vimboss
parents: 838
diff changeset
698 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
36
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
699
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
700 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
701 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
702 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
703 :let c_minlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
704 This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
705 displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
706 disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
707
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
708 When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
709 works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
710 you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
711
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
712 To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
713 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
714 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
715 :function MyCadd()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
716 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
717 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
718 : hi link cMyItem Title
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
719 :endfun
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
720
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
721 ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
722 "NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
723 not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
724 highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
725 :hi link cConstant NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
726
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
727 If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
728 highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
729
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
730 If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
2207
b17bbfa96fa0 Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2178
diff changeset
731 in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
732 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
733 syn sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
734 set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
735
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
736 CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
737
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
738 C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
739 the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
740
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
741 By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
742 of C or C++: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
743 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
744
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
745
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
746 CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
747
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
748 Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
749 that are available. Additionally there is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
750
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
751 chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
752 chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
753 chill_minlines like c_minlines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
754
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
755
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
756 CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
757
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
758 ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
759 If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
760 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
761 This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
762 "b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
763 file).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
764
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
765 You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
766 :hi link ChangelogError Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
767 Or to avoid the highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
768 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
769 This works immediately.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
770
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
771
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
772 COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
773
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
774 COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
775 development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
776 versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
777 add this line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
778 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
779 To disable it again, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
780 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
781
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
782
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
783 COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
784
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
785 The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
786 comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
787
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
788 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
789
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
790 The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
791
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
792
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
793 CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
794
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
795 This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
796 used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
797
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
798 Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
799 symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
800 between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
801 "filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
802
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
803 :let filetype_csh = "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
804
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
805 For using tcsh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
806
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
807 :let filetype_csh = "tcsh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
808
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
809 Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
810 tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
811 will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
812 "filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
813 variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
814
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
815
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
816 CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
817
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
818 Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
819 hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
820 or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
821 normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
822 line to your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
823
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
824 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
825
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
826 Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
827
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
828 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
829
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
830 To disable these again, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
831
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
832 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
833 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
834 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
835
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
836 CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
837
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
838 Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
839 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
840 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
841 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
842
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
843
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
844 DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
845
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
846 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
2236
dc2e5ec0500d Added the undofile() function. Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
847 according to freedesktop.org standard:
dc2e5ec0500d Added the undofile() function. Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2207
diff changeset
848 http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
849 But actually almost none implements this standard fully. Thus it will
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
850 highlight all Unix ini files. But you can force strict highlighting according
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
851 to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
852 :let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
853
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
854
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
855 DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
856
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
857 The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
858 provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
859 the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
860 versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
861 uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
862 line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
863 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
864
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
865
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
866 DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
867 DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
868 DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
869
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
870 There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
871 are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
872 automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
873 defaults to XML.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
874 You can set the type manually: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
875 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
876 or: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
877 :let docbk_type = "xml"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
878 You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
879 Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
880 :set filetype=docbksgml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
881 or: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
882 :set filetype=docbkxml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
883
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
884
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
885 DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
886
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
887 There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
888 extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
889 is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
890 this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
891 Select the version you want with the following line: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
892
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
893 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
894
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
895 If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
896 Windows 2000.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
897
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
898 A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
899 "dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
900 is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
901
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
902 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
903
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
904 If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
905
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 12
diff changeset
906
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
907 DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
908
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
909 Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
1698
f4f8014d516e updated for version 7.2c-000
vimboss
parents: 1668
diff changeset
910 (similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
f4f8014d516e updated for version 7.2c-000
vimboss
parents: 1668
diff changeset
911 idl and php files, and should also work with java.
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
912
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
913 There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
914 explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
915 Example: >
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
916 :set syntax=c.doxygen
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
917 or >
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
918 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
919
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
920 It can also be done automatically for c, cpp and idl files by setting the
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
921 global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by adding
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
922 the following to your .vimrc. >
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
923 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
924
2207
b17bbfa96fa0 Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2178
diff changeset
925 There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting, and
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
926 are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
927
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
928 Variable Default Effect ~
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
929 g:doxygen_enhanced_color
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
930 g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
931 doxygen comments.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
932
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
933 doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
934 and html_my_rendering underline.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
935
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
936 doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
937 colour highlighting.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
938
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
939 doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
940 punctuation of brief
832
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
941
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
942 There are also some hilight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
943 configuration.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
944
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
945 Highlight Effect ~
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
946 doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
947 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
948 doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
949 \endlink from a \link section.
c76f780d4e05 updated for version 7.0d05
vimboss
parents: 829
diff changeset
950
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
951
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
952 DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
953
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
954 The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
955 case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
956
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
957 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
958
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
959 The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
960 this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
961
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
962 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
963
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
964 before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
965 Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
966 'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
967 Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
968 highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
969 delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
970
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
971 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
972
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
973 The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
974
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
975
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
976 EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
977
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
978 While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
979 syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
980 highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
981 highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
982
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
983 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
984
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
985 Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
986
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
987 Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
988
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
989 :let eiffel_strict=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
990 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
991
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
992 Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
993 five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
994 "NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
995
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
996 Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
997 guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
998 lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
999
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1000 If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1001 "Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1002
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1003 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1004
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1005 instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1006
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1007 Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1008 experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1009
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1010 :let eiffel_ise=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1011
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1012 Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1013
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1014 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1015
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1016 to your startup file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1017
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1018
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1019 ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1020
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1021 The erlang highlighting supports Erlang (ERicsson LANGuage).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1022 Erlang is case sensitive and default extension is ".erl".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1023
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1024 If you want to disable keywords highlighting, put in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1025 :let erlang_keywords = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1026 If you want to disable built-in-functions highlighting, put in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1027 .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1028 :let erlang_functions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1029 If you want to disable special characters highlighting, put in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1030 your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1031 :let erlang_characters = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1032
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1033
857
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1034 FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1035
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1036 FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1037
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1038 Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1039 syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1040 editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1041 start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1042 'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1043 (to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1044 and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1045
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1046 If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1047 move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1048 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1049
b933657f7c9d updated for version 7.0g01
vimboss
parents: 856
diff changeset
1050
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1051 FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1052
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1053 The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1054 modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
1275
d787f6c4c481 updated for version 7.1
vimboss
parents: 1224
diff changeset
1055 following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1056 J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1057
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1058 If you want include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1059 redefine the following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1060
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1061 - formConditional
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1062 - formNumber
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1063 - formStatement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1064 - formHeaderStatement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1065 - formComment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1066 - formPreProc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1067 - formDirective
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1068 - formType
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1069 - formString
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1070
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1071 Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1072 directives per default in the same syntax group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1073
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1074 A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1075 header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1076 this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1077
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1078 :let form_enhanced_color=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1079
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1080 The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1081 gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1082 conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1083
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1084
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1085 FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1086
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1087 Default highlighting and dialect ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1088 Highlighting appropriate for f95 (Fortran 95) is used by default. This choice
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1089 should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 95 is a
2370
454f314d0e61 Make it possible to load Perl dynamically on Unix. (James Vega)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2365
diff changeset
1090 superset of Fortran 90 and almost a superset of Fortran 77. Preliminary
454f314d0e61 Make it possible to load Perl dynamically on Unix. (James Vega)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2365
diff changeset
1091 support for Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 features has been introduced and is
454f314d0e61 Make it possible to load Perl dynamically on Unix. (James Vega)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2365
diff changeset
1092 automatically available in the default (f95) highlighting.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1093
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1094 Fortran source code form ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1095 Fortran 9x code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1096 syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1097
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1098 When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1099 form. If you always use free source form, then >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1100 :let fortran_free_source=1
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1101 in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed source
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1102 form, then >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1103 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1104 in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1105
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1106 If the form of the source code depends upon the file extension, then it is
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1107 most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin file. For more
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1108 information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1109 fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in free source form and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1110 rest in fixed source form, add the following code to your ftplugin file >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1111 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1112 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1113 let fortran_free_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1114 unlet! fortran_fixed_source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1115 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1116 let fortran_fixed_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1117 unlet! fortran_free_source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1118 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1119 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1120 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1121
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1122 When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1123 source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1124 fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1125 neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1126 determine which source form has been used by examining the first five columns
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
1127 of the first 250 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form are
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1128 detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The algorithm
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1129 should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a file that
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
1130 begins with 250 or more full-line comments, the script may incorrectly decide
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1131 that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens, just add a
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1132 non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1133 first twenty five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1134
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1135 Tabs in fortran files ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1136 Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1137 fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1138 Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1139 using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1140 variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1141 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1142 placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1143 mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1144
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1145 Syntax folding of fortran files ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1146 If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1147 fortran_fold with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1148 :let fortran_fold=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1149 to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1150 is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1151 subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1152 also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1153 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1154 then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1155 case constructs. If you also set the variable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1156 fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1157 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1158 then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1159 lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1160
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1161 If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1162 fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1163 you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1164 units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1165 unit.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1166
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1167 More precise fortran syntax ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1168 If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1169 :let fortran_more_precise=1
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1170 then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1171 statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1172 recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1173 construct.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1174
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1175 Non-default fortran dialects ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1176 The syntax script supports five Fortran dialects: f95, f90, f77, the Lahey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1177 subset elf90, and the Imagine1 subset F.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1178
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1179 If you use f77 with extensions, even common ones like do/enddo loops, do/while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1180 loops and free source form that are supported by most f77 compilers including
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1181 g77 (GNU Fortran), then you will probably find the default highlighting
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1182 satisfactory. However, if you use strict f77 with no extensions, not even free
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1183 source form or the MIL STD 1753 extensions, then the advantages of setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1184 dialect to f77 are that names such as SUM are recognized as user variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1185 names and not highlighted as f9x intrinsic functions, that obsolete constructs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1186 such as ASSIGN statements are not highlighted as todo items, and that fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1187 source form will be assumed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1188
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1189 If you use elf90 or F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1190 that f90 features excluded from these dialects will be highlighted as todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1191 items and that free source form will be assumed as required for these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1192 dialects.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1193
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1194 The dialect can be selected by setting the variable fortran_dialect. The
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1195 permissible values of fortran_dialect are case-sensitive and must be "f95",
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1196 "f90", "f77", "elf" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are ignored.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1197
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1198 If all your fortran files use the same dialect, set fortran_dialect in your
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1199 .vimrc prior to your syntax on statement. If the dialect depends upon the file
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1200 extension, then it is most convenient to set it in a ftplugin file. For more
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1201 information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1202 fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in the elf subset, your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1203 ftplugin file should contain the code >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1204 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1205 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1206 let fortran_dialect="elf"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1207 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1208 unlet! fortran_dialect
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1209 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1210 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1211 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1212
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1213 Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1214 the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis, by
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1215 including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=f77 or
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1216 elf or F or f90 or f95) in one of the first three lines in your file. For
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1217 example, your older .f files may be written in extended f77 but your newer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1218 ones may be F codes, and you would identify the latter by including in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1219 first three lines of those files a Fortran comment of the form >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1220 ! fortran_dialect=F
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1221 F overrides elf if both directives are present.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1222
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1223 Limitations ~
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1224 Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1225 strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1226 because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1227
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1228 For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1229 |ft-fortran-plugin|.
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1230
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1231
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1232 FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1233
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1234 In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1235 the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1236 appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1237 patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1238 number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1239
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1240 For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1241 as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1242
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1243 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1244 \ set filetype=fvwm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1245
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1246 If you'd like Vim to highlight all valid color names, tell it where to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1247 find the color database (rgb.txt) on your system. Do this by setting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1248 "rgb_file" to its location. Assuming your color database is located
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1249 in /usr/X11/lib/X11/, you should add the line >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1251 :let rgb_file = "/usr/X11/lib/X11/rgb.txt"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1252
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1253 to your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1254
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1255
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1256 GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1257
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1258 The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1259 the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1260 is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1261 are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1262
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1263 htmlString
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1264 htmlValue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1265 htmlEndTag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1266 htmlTag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1267 htmlTagN
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1268
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1269 Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1270 java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1271 group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1272 correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1273 to the contains clause.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1274
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1275 The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1276 group to make them easier to see.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1277
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1278
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1279 GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1280
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1281 The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1282 under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1283 of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1284 filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1285 (see |filetype.txt|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1286
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1287
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1288 HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1289
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1290 The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1291 Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1292 syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1293
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1294 If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1295 light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1296 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1297 To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1298 add: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1299 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1300 To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1301 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1302 And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1303 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1304 If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1305 your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1306 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1307
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1308 The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1309 directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1310 directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1311 operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1312 as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1313 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1314
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1315 The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1316 automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1317 TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1318 or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1319 in your .vimrc >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1320 :let lhs_markup = none
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1321 for no highlighting at all, or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1322 :let lhs_markup = tex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1323 to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1324 For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1325 this variable, so e.g. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1326 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1327 will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1328 set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1329 loading a file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1330
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1331
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1332 HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1333
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1334 The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1335
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1336 The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1337 This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1338 closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1339 defined for you)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1340
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1341 Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1342 names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1343 makes it easy to spot errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1344
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1345 Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1346 names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1347
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1348 Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1349 are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1350 text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1351 while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1352 only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
1353 <A href="somefile.html">).
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1354
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1355 If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1356 following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1357
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1358 - htmlBold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1359 - htmlBoldUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1360 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1361 - htmlUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1362 - htmlUnderlineItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1363 - htmlItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1364 - htmlTitle for titles
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1365 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1366
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1367 To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1368 of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1369 following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1370 are read during initialization) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1371 :let html_my_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1372
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1373 If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1374 http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1375
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1376 You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1377 vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1378 :let html_no_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1379
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1380 HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1381 details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1382 However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1383 ends with --!>) you can define >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1384 :let html_wrong_comments=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1385
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1386 JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1387 'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1388 programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are currently
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1389 supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1390
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1391 Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1392
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1393 There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1394 written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1395 following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1396 (the example comes from the asp.vim file):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1397
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1398 runtime! syntax/html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1399 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1401 Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1402 the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1403
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1404
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1405 HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1406
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1407 The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1408
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1409 Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1410 doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1411 this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1412 different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1413 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1414
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1415 Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1416
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1417 Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1418 signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1419 a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1420 :set syntax=htmlos
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1421
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1422 Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1423 block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1424
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1425
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1426 IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1427
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1428 Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1429 how to recognize this filetype.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1430
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1431 To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1432 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1433
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1434
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1435 INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1436
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1437 Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1438 most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1439 to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1440 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1441
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1442 By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1443 and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1444 you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1445 need to add this to your startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1446 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1448 This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1449 set of highlighted system functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1450
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1451 The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1452 it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1453 by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1454 startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1455 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1456
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1457 By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1458 version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1459 Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1460 startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1461 :let inform_highlight_old=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1462
829
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1463 IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1464
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1465 IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1466 Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1467
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1468 IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1469 rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
1470 repetitive but seems to work.
829
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1471
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1472 There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1473 are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1474
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1475 The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1476
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1477 Variable Effect ~
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1478
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1479 idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1480 extensions
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1481 idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1482 idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1483 quite helpful)
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1484 idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
dc8197342755 updated for version 7.0d04
vimboss
parents: 828
diff changeset
1485
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1486
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1487 JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1488
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1489 The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1490
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1491 In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1492 flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1493 classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the old
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1494 way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1495 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1496
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1497 All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1498 highlight them use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1499 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1500
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1501 You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1502 download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1503 If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1504 use the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1505 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1506 Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1507
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1508 Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1509 how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1510 functions:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1511
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1512 If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1513 a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1514 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1515 However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1516 supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1517 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1518 If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1519 declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1520 definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1521 original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1522
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1523 In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
8
7edf9b6e4c36 Various changes
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1524 only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1525 statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1526 your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1527 :let java_highlight_debug=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1528 The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1529 characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1530 new highlightings for the following groups.:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1531 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1532 which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1533 strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1534 have opted to chose another background for those statements.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1535
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
1536 In order to help you write code that can be easily ported between Java and
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
1537 C++, all C++ keywords can be marked as an error in a Java program. To
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
1538 have this add this line in your .vimrc file: >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
1539 :let java_allow_cpp_keywords = 0
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1540
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1541 Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1542 creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1543 similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1544 and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1545 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1546 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1547 the color change the group CommentTitle).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1548 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1549 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1550 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1551 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1552 To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1553 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1554
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1555 If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1556 can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1557 scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1558 actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1559 CSS. The options to use are >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1560 :let java_javascript=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1561 :let java_css=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1562 :let java_vb=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1563
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1564 In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1565 for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1566 :hi link javaParen Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1567 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1568 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1569
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1570 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1571 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1572 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1573 :let java_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1574 This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1575 displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1576 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1577
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1578
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1579 LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1580
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1581 Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1582 style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1583 define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1584 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1585
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1586
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1587 LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1588
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1589 Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1590 gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1591 :syn sync minlines=300
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1592 may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1593 difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1594
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1595
555
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1596 LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1597
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1598 The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1599
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1600 g:lisp_instring : if it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1601 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1602 Useful for AutoLisp.
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1603 g:lisp_rainbow : if it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1604 of parenthesization will receive different
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1605 highlighting.
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1606 <
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1607 The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1608 the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1609 colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1610 specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1611 usual colorscheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1612 highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1613
a5efb97bc104 updated for version 7.0157
vimboss
parents: 540
diff changeset
1614
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1615 LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1616
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1617 There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1618
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1619 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1620
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1621 :let lite_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1622
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1623 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1624 set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1625
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1626 :let lite_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1627
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1628
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1629 LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1630
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1631 LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensj| C. The
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1632 file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1633 users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1634 should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1635
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1636 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1637
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1638 If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1639 modeline. For a LPC file:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1640
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1641 // vim:set ft=lpc:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1642
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1643 For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1644
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1645 // vim:set ft=c:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1646
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1647 If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1648
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1649 There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1650 used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1651 and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1652 asserts the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1653 you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1654
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1655 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1656
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1657 For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1658
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1659 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1660
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1661 For LPC4 series of LPC: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1662
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1663 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1664
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1665 For uLPC series of LPC:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1666 uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1667 instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1668
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1669
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1670 LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1671
838
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1672 This syntax file may be used for Lua 4.0, Lua 5.0 or Lua 5.1 (the latter is
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1673 the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1674 lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1675 4.0 syntax highlighting, use this command: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1676
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1677 :let lua_version = 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1678
838
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1679 If you are using Lua 5.0, use these commands: >
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1680
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1681 :let lua_version = 5
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1682 :let lua_subversion = 0
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1683
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1684 To restore highlighting for Lua 5.1: >
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1685
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1686 :let lua_version = 5
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
1687 :let lua_subversion = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1688
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1689
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1690 MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1691
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1692 Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1693 quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1694 signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1695 whitespaces and end with a newline.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1696
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1697 Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1698 as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1699 only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1700
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1701 By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1702 displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1703 with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1704
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1705 :let mail_minlines = 30
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1706
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1707
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1708 MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1709
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1710 In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1711 errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1712 feature off by using: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1713
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1714 :let make_no_commands = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1715
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1716
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1717 MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1718
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1719 Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1720 supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1721 The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1722 highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1723
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1724 :let mvpkg_all= 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1725
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1726 to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1727 choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1728 1, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1729 $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1730
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1731 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1732 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1733 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1734 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1735 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1736 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1737 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1738 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1739 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1740
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1741
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1742 MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
271
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1743
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1744 Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1745 have the following in your .vimrc: >
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1746
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1747 let filetype_m = "mma"
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1748
8d34af900bae updated for version 7.0072
vimboss
parents: 237
diff changeset
1749
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1750 MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1751
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1752 If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1753 highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1754 comments: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1755
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1756 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1757
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1758 To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1759
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1760 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1761
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1762 To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1763 '%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1764
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1765 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1766
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1767 Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1768
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1769 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1770
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1771 To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1772
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1773 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1774
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1775 Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1776 use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1777 To enable this option: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1778
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1779 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1780
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1781 An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1782
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1783 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1784
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1785
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1786 MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1787
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1788 There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1789
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1790 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1791
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1792 :let msql_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1793
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1794 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1795 set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1796
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1797 :let msql_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1798
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1799
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1800 NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1801
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1802 There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1803
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1804 If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1805 errors, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1806
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1807 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1808
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1809 If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1810
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1811
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1812 NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1813
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1814 The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1815 activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1816 can use them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1817
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1818 For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1819 processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1820 features for groff, add the following option to your start-up files: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1821
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1822 :let b:nroff_is_groff = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1823
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1824 Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1825 Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1826 there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1827 you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1828 can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1829 native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1830 \[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1831 accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1832 environments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1833
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1834 In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1835 follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1836
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1837 1. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1838
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1839 2. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1840 exclamation mark, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1841
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1842 3. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1843 carriage return.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1844
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1845 The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1846 algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1847
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1848 Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1849 furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1850 vertical space input will be output as is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1851
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1852 Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1853 than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1854 practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1855 marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1856 need to maintaining regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1857 spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1858
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1859 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1860
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1861 Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1862 with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1863 highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1864 "nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1865
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1866 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1867 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1868 \ gui=reverse,bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1869
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1870 If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1871 with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1872 file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1873
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1874 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1875
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 8
diff changeset
1876 As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1877 paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1878
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1879 Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1880 groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1881
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1882
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1883 OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1884
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1885 The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1886 .mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1887
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1888 :let ocaml_revised = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1889
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1890 you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1891 by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1892
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1893 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1894
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1895 prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1896 contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1897
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1898
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1899 PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1900
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1901 The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extend, .pxml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1902 and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1903 as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1904 sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1905 you set the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1906
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1907 :let papp_include_html=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1908
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1909 in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1910 sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1911 edit sensibly. ;)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1912
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1913 The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1914 http://papp.plan9.de.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1915
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1916
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1917 PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1918
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1919 Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1920 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1921 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1922
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1923 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1924
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1925 The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1926 provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1927 Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1928 enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1929 following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1930
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1931 :let pascal_traditional=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1932
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1933 To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1934 keywords, etc): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1935
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1936 :let pascal_delphi=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1937
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1938
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1939 The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1940 *, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1941 operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1942
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1943 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1944
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1945 Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1946
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1947 :let pascal_no_functions=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1948
2283
7e1bd501306d Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2269
diff changeset
1949 Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1950 pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1951 match Turbo Pascal. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1952
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1953 :let pascal_gpc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1954
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1955 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1956
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1957 :let pascal_fpc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1958
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1959 To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1960 pascal_one_line_string variable. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1961
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1962 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1963
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1964 If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1965 will be highlighted as Error. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1966
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1967 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1968
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1969
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1970
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
1971 PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1972
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1973 There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1974
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1975 If you use POD files or POD segments, you might: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1976
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1977 :let perl_include_pod = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1978
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1979 The reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1980 off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1981
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1982 To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1983 from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1984
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1985 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1986
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1987 (In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1988 enabled it.)
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1989
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1990 If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1991
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1992 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
1993
26
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
1994 (In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1995
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1996 The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will be
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
1997 highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1998 perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1999
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2000 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2001 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2002 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2003
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2004 (^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2005
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2006 The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2007 synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2008 If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2009 then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can figure
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2010 out the line that causes the mistake.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2011
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2012 One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2013
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2014 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2015 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2016
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2017 Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2018 its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2019
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2020 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2021
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2022 If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2023
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2024 :let perl_fold = 1
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2025
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2026 If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2027
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2028 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2029
632
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
2030 To avoid folding packages or subs when perl_fold is let, let the appropriate
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
2031 variable(s): >
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
2032
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
2033 :unlet perl_nofold_packages
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
2034 :unlet perl_nofold_subs
632
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
2035
b6632d553df3 updated for version 7.0182
vimboss
parents: 625
diff changeset
2036
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2037
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2038 PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2039
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2040 [note: previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2041 it has been renamed to "php"]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2042
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2043 There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2044
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2045 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2046
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2047 let php_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2048
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2049 For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2050
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2051 let php_baselib = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2052
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2053 Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2054
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2055 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2056
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2057 Using the old colorstyle: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2058
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2059 let php_oldStyle = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2060
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2061 Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2062
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2063 let php_asp_tags = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2064
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2065 Disable short tags: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2066
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2067 let php_noShortTags = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2068
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2069 For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2070
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2071 let php_parent_error_close = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2072
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2073 For skipping an php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2074 one: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2075
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2076 let php_parent_error_open = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2077
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2078 Enable folding for classes and functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2079
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2080 let php_folding = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2081
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2082 Selecting syncing method: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2083
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2084 let php_sync_method = x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2085
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2086 x = -1 to sync by search (default),
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2087 x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2088 x = 0 to sync from start.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2089
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2090
816
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2091 PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2092
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2093 TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2094 variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
2095 see |ft-tex-plugin|.
816
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2096
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2097 This syntax file has the option >
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2098
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2099 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2100
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2101 if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2102
4a79d6d376f0 updated for version 7.0c02
vimboss
parents: 810
diff changeset
2103
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2104 PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2105
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2106 PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2107
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2108 This syntax file has the options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2109
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2110 - ppwiz_highlight_defs : determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2111 definitions. Possible values are
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2112
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2113 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2114 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2115
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2116 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : preprocessor #define and #evaluate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2117 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2118 continuation symbols
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2119
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2120 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2121
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2122 - ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2123 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2124
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2125
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2126 PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2127
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2128 There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2129
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2130 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2131
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2132 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2133
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2134 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2135 set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2136
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2137 :let phtml_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2138
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2139
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2140 POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2141
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2142 There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2144 First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2145 currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2146 and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2147 Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2148 extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2149 level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2150 highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2151
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2152 :let postscr_level=2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2153
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2154 If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2155 the most prevalent version currently.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2156
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2157 Note, not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2158 particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2159 PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2160
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2161 If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2162 Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2163 follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2164
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2165 :let postscr_display=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2166
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2167 If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2168 Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2169 postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2170
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2171 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2172
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2173 PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2174 useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2175 cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2176 character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2177 explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2178 highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2179
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2180 :let postscr_fonts=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2181 :let postscr_encodings=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2182
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2183 There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2184 PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2185 operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2186 if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2187 operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2188 or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2189 highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2190 postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2191
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2192 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2193 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2194
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2195 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2196 PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2197
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2198 This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2199
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2200 In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2201 the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2202 appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2203 patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2204 "term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2205
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2206 For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2207 files, add the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2208
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2209 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2210 \ set filetype=ptcap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2211
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2212 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2213 are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2214 internal variable to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2215
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2216 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2217
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2218 (The default is 20 lines.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2219
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2220
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2221 PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2222
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2223 Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2224 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2225 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2226 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2227 The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2228 Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2229 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2230 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2231
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2232
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2233 PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2234
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2235 There are four options to control Python syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2237 For highlighted numbers: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2238 :let python_highlight_numbers = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2239
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2240 For highlighted builtin functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2241 :let python_highlight_builtins = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2242
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2243 For highlighted standard exceptions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2244 :let python_highlight_exceptions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2245
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2246 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2247 :let python_highlight_space_errors = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2248
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2249 If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2250 preceding three options): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2251 :let python_highlight_all = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2252
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2253
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2254 QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2255
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2256 The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2257 Shooter) based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2258 a bit between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2259 syntax definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2260 users to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2261 can be set for the following effects:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2262
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2263 set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2264 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2265
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2266 set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2267 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2268
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2269 set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2270 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2272 Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2273 commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2274
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2275
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2276 READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2277
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2278 The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2279 few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2280 items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2281 command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2282 let readline_has_bash = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2283
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2284 This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2285 later, and part earlier) adds.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2286
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2287
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2288 REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2289
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2290 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2291 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2292 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2293 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2294 This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2295 displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2296 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2297
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2298
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2299 RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2300
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2301 There are a number of options to the Ruby syntax highlighting.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2302
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2303 By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2304 of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2305 experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2306 you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2307
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2308 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2309 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2310 In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2311
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2312 If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2313 scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2314 the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2315
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2316 :let ruby_minlines = 100
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2317 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2318 Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2319 largest class or module.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2320
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2321 Highlighting of special identifiers can be disabled by removing the
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2322 rubyIdentifier highlighting: >
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2323
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2324 :hi link rubyIdentifier NONE
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2325 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2326 This will prevent highlighting of special identifiers like "ConstantName",
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2327 "$global_var", "@@class_var", "@instance_var", "| block_param |", and
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2328 ":symbol".
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2329
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2330 Significant methods of Kernel, Module and Object are highlighted by default.
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2331 This can be disabled by defining "ruby_no_special_methods": >
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2332
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2333 :let ruby_no_special_methods = 1
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2334 <
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2335 This will prevent highlighting of important methods such as "require", "attr",
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2336 "private", "raise" and "proc".
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2337
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2338 Ruby operators can be highlighted. This is enabled by defining
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2339 "ruby_operators": >
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2340
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2341 :let ruby_operators = 1
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2342 <
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2343 Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2344
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2345 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2346 <
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2347 This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2348 as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2349 "ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2350 spaces respectively.
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2351
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2352 Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2353
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2354 :let ruby_fold = 1
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2355 <
572
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2356 This will set the 'foldmethod' option to "syntax" and allow folding of
2244be18d9e9 updated for version 7.0162
vimboss
parents: 555
diff changeset
2357 classes, modules, methods, code blocks, heredocs and comments.
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2358
1224
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2359 Folding of multiline comments can be disabled by defining
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2360 "ruby_no_comment_fold": >
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2361
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2362 :let ruby_no_comment_fold = 1
edc1c9d6dab9 updated for version 7.1b
vimboss
parents: 1125
diff changeset
2363 <
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2364
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2365 SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
17
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2366
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2367 By default only R5RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2368
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2369 MzScheme-specific stuff will be used if b:is_mzscheme or g:is_mzscheme
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2370 variables are defined.
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
2371
36
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
2372 Also scheme.vim supports keywords of the Chicken Scheme->C compiler. Define
125e80798a85 updated for version 7.0021
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
2373 b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
17
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2374
9be87deaeb52 updated for version 7.0009
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2375
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2376 SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2377
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2378 The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2379 of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2380
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2381 The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2382 case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2383 used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2384 highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2385 :let sdl_2000=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2386
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2387 This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2388 keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2389 :let SDL_no_96=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2390
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2392 The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2393 satisfied with it for my own projects.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2394
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2395
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2396 SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2397
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2398 To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2399 highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2401 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2402
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2403 in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2404 inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2405 by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2406 also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2407 you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2408
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2409 Bugs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2410
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2411 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2412 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2413 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2414 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2415 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2416 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2417
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2418
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2419 SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2420
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2421 The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2422
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2423 The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2424 This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2425 closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2426 defined for you)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2427
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2428 Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2429 names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2430
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2431 Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2432 names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2433
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2434 Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2435 are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2436 text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2437 <replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2438
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2439 If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2440 following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2441
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2442 - sgmlBold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2443 - sgmlBoldItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2444 - sgmlUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2445 - sgmlItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2446 - sgmlLink for links
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2448 To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2449 following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2450 are read during initialization) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2451 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2452
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2453 You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2454 vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2455 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2456
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2457 (Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2458
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2459
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2460 SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2461
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2462 This covers the "normal" Unix (Bourne) sh, bash and the Korn shell.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2463
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2464 Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2465 various filenames are of specific types: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2466
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2467 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2468 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2469 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2470 If none of these cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2471 (ex. /bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2472 then that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2473 be shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2474 sh is symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2475
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2476 One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following three
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2477 variables in your <.vimrc>:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2478
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2479 ksh: >
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2480 let g:is_kornshell = 1
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2481 < posix: (using this is the same as setting is_kornshell to 1) >
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2482 let g:is_posix = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2483 < bash: >
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2484 let g:is_bash = 1
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2485 < sh: (default) Bourne shell >
828
01583c79d5f4 updated for version 7.0d03
vimboss
parents: 825
diff changeset
2486 let g:is_sh = 1
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2487
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
2488 If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
2489 default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2490 the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2491 statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2492 sh your system uses in your <.vimrc>.
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2493
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2494 The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2495
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2496 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2497 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2498 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2499 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2500 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2501 then various syntax items (HereDocuments and function bodies) become
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2502 syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2503 to get multiple types of folding: >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2504
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2505 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2506
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2507 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2508 when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2509 to a larger number. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2510
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2511 let sh_minlines = 500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2512
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2513 This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2514 displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2515 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2516
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2517 If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2518 reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2519
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2520 let sh_maxlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2521 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2522 The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2523 speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2524
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2525
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2526 SPEEDUP (AspenTech plant simulator) *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2527
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2528 The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2529
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2530 - strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2531 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2532 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2533
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2534 - highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2535 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2536 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2537 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2538 them in the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2539
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2540 - oneline_comments : this value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2541 highlighting of # style comments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2542
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2543 oneline_comments = 1 : allow normal Speedup code after an even
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2544 number of #s.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2545
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2546 oneline_comments = 2 : show code starting with the second # as
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2547 error. This is the default setting.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2548
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2549 oneline_comments = 3 : show the whole line as error if it contains
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2550 more than one #.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2551
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2552 Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2553 PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2554 fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2555 the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2556
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2557
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2558 SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2559 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
720
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2560 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2561
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2562 While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2563 custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2564 SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2565
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2566 Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2567 scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2568 supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2569 buffer by buffer basis.
e180933b876a updated for version 7.0219
vimboss
parents: 699
diff changeset
2570
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2571 For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2572
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
2573
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2574 TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2575
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2576 This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2577 for how the filetype is detected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2578
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2579 Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2580 is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist add
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2581 this line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2582
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2583 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2584
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2585 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2586 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2587 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2588
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
2589 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
2590
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
2591 This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
2592 displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
2593 synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
2594 tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
2595 redrawing can become slow.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2596
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2597
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2598 TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2599
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2600 *tex-folding*
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2601 Want Syntax Folding? ~
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2602
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2603 As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2604 sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2605 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2606 in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2607 modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2608 % vim: fdm=syntax
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2609 <
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2610 *tex-nospell*
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2611 Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2612
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2613 Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2614 prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2615 this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2616 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2617 <
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2618 *tex-runon*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2619 Run-on Comments/Math? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2620
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2621 The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2622 highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2623 texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2624 terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2625 as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2626 special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2627 %stopzone
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2628 which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2629 texMathZone.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2630
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2631 *tex-slow*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2632 Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2633
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2634 If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2635 :syn sync maxlines=200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2636 :syn sync minlines=50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2637 (especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2638 increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2639 if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2640
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2641 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2642 Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2643
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2644 LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2645 of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2646 package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2647 it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2648 techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2649 by syntax/tex.vim.
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
2650
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2651 *tex-error*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2652 Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2653
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2654 The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2655 although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2656 errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2657 you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2658 let tex_no_error=1
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2659 and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2660
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2661 *tex-math*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2662 Need a new Math Group? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2663
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2664 If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2665 code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
477
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2666 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2667 You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2668 (currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2669 As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2670 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2671 You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2672 and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2673 The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2674 has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
f8b75b8f1988 updated for version 7.0128
vimboss
parents: 449
diff changeset
2675
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2676 *tex-style*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Starting a New Style? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2678
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2679 One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2680 commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2681 following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2682 such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2683
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2684 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2685 :set ft=tex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2686
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2687 Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2688 always accept such use of @.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2689
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2690
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2691 TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2692
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2693 There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2694
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2695 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2696 set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2697
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2698 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2699
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2700
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2701 VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2702 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
2283
7e1bd501306d Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2269
diff changeset
2703 There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2704 updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2705 g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2706 improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2707
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2708 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2709 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2710 <
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2711 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2712 these two options)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2713
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2714 *g:vimsyn_embed*
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2715 The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2716 embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2717
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2718 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't embed any scripts
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2719 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : embed mzscheme (but only if vim supports it)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2720 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : embed perl (but only if vim supports it)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2721 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : embed python (but only if vim supports it)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2722 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : embed ruby (but only if vim supports it)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2723 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : embed tcl (but only if vim supports it)
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2724 <
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2725 By default, g:vimsyn_embed is "mpPr"; ie. syntax/vim.vim will support
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2726 highlighting mzscheme, perl, python, and ruby by default. Vim's has("tcl")
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2727 test appears to hang vim when tcl is not truly available. Thus, by default,
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2728 tcl is not supported for embedding (but those of you who like tcl embedded in
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2729 their vim syntax highlighting can simply include it in the g:vimembedscript
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2730 option).
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2731 *g:vimsyn_folding*
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2732
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2733 Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2734
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2735 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2736 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2737 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2738 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2739 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2740 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2741 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2742 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2743
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2744 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
846
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2745 Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; VimL is a
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2746 difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2747 highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2748
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2749 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
2750 <
846
db44f7b81373 updated for version 7.0f03
vimboss
parents: 844
diff changeset
2751
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2752
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2753 XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2754
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2755 The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2756 variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2757 You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2758 xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2759 your .vimrc. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2760 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2761 When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2762
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2763 Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2764 "SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2765 highlighted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2766
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2767
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2768 XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2769
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2770 Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2771 setting a global variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2772
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2773 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2774 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2775 *xml-folding*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2776 The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2777 start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2778
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2779 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2780 :set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2781
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2782 Note: syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2783 especially for large files.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2784
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2785
501
ce2181d14aa0 updated for version 7.0139
vimboss
parents: 484
diff changeset
2786 X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2787
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2788 xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2789 XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2790 you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2791
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2792 To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2793 somewhere else with "P".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2794
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2795 Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2796 :function! GetPixel()
823
9ab23f1e137f updated for version 7.0c12
vimboss
parents: 819
diff changeset
2797 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2798 : echo c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2799 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2800 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r".c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2801 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2802 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2803 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2804 This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2805 It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2806 must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2807
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2808 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2809 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2810
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2811 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2812 5. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2813
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2814 Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2815
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2816 1. Keyword
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2817 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2818 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2819 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2820 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2821 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2822
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2823 2. Match
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2824 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2825
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2826 3. Region
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2827 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2828 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2829 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2830
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2831 Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2832 you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2833 to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2834 and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2835 "Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2836 one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2837 This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2838 each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2839 for a lot of groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2840
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2841 Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2842 group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2843 for the syntax group with the same name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2844
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2845 In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2846 defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2847 using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2848 match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2849 keyword with ignoring case.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2850
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2851
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2852 PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2853
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2854 When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2855
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2856 1. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2857 defined last has priority.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2858 2. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2859 3. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2860 start in later positions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2861
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2862
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2863 DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2864
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2865 :sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2866 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2867 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2868 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2869 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2870
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2871
419
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2872 SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2873
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2874 :sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2875 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2876 in a syntax item:
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2877
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2878 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2879 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2880 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2881
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2882 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2883 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2884 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2885
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2886 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2887
f713fc55bf7b updated for version 7.0109
vimboss
parents: 391
diff changeset
2888
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2889 DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2890
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2891 :sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2892
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2893 This defines a number of keywords.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2894
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2895 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2896 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2897 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2899 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2900 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2901 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2902 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2903 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2904 These examples do exactly the same: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2905 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2906 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2907 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
838
8e5830943bff updated for version 7.0e04
vimboss
parents: 834
diff changeset
2908 < *E789*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2909 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2910 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2911 variations at once: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2912 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2913 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2914 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2915 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2916 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2917 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2918 'iskeyword'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2919
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2920 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2921 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2922 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2923
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2924 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2925 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2926 instead.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2927
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2928 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2929
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2930 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2931 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2932 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2933 highlight group. Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2934 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2935 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2936 < When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2937 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2938 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2939
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2940
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2941 DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2942
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2943 :sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}] [excludenl] {pattern} [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2944
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2945 This defines one match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2946
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2947 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2948 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2949 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2950 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2951 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2952 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2953 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2954 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2955 line, which makes the match depend on where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2956 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2957 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2958
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2959 Example (match a character constant): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2960 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2961 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2962
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2963 DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2964 *E398* *E399*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2965 :sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2966 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2967 [keepend]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2968 [extend]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2969 [excludenl]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2970 start={start_pattern} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2971 [skip={skip_pattern}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2972 end={end_pattern} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2973 [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2974
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2975 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2976
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2977 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2978 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2979 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2980 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2981 for the text in between the matched start and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2982 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2983 a different group for the start or end match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2984 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2985 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2986 match with the end pattern. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2987 |:syn-keepend|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2988 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
2989 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2990 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2991 extend a containing match or item. Only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2992 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2993 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2994 start={start_pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2995 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2996 skip={skip_pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2997 the region where not to look for the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2998 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2999 end={end_pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3000 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3001
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3002 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3003 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3004 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3005 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3006 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3007 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3008 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3009 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3010 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3011
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3012 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3013 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3014 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3015 the end patterns.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3016
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3017 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3018 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3019 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3020
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3021 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3022 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3023 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3024 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3025
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3026 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3027 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3028 work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3029 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3030 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3031 < The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3032 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3033 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3034 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3035 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3036 < This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3037 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3038
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3039 *:syn-keepend*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3040 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3041 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3042 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3043 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3044 { starts outer "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3045 { starts contained "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3046 } ends contained "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3047 } ends outer "{} region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3048 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3049 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3050 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3051 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3052 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3053 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3054 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3055 < The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3056 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3057
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3058 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3059 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3060 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3061 contained matches.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3062 *:syn-extend*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3063 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3064 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3065 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3066 extended.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3067 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3068 others don't. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3069
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3070 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3071 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3072 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3073
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3074 < Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3075 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3076 item does extend the htmlRef item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3077
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3078 Another example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3079 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3080 < This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3081 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3082 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3083 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3084 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3085
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3086 *:syn-excludenl*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3087 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3088 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3089 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3090 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3091 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3092 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3093 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3094 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3095 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3096 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3097 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3098 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3099 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3101 *:syn-matchgroup*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3102 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3103 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3104 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3105 < This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3106 between with the "String" group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3107 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3108 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3109 using a matchgroup.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3110
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3111 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3112 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3113 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3114 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3115 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3116
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3117 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3118 different colors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3119 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3120 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3121 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3122 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3123 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3124 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3125
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3126 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3127 6. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3128
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3129 The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3130 The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3131 and may be mixed with patterns.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3132
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3133 Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3134 can not be used for all commands:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3135 *E395* *E396*
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3136 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3137 :syntax keyword - - - - - -
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3138 :syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3139 :syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3141 These arguments can be used for all three commands:
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3142 conceal
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3143 cchar
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3144 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3145 containedin
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3146 nextgroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3147 transparent
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3148 skipwhite
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3149 skipnl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3150 skipempty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3151
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3152 conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3153
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3154 When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
2269
fb627e94e6c6 Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2254
diff changeset
3155 Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
2378
85b7dc8da5eb Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2370
diff changeset
3156 'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
85b7dc8da5eb Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2370
diff changeset
3157 concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
85b7dc8da5eb Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2370
diff changeset
3158 edit the line.
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3159
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3160 concealends *:syn-concealends*
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3161
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3162 When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3163 the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3164 Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3165 'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3166 in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3167
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3168 cchar *:syn-cchar*
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3169
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3170 The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3171 when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3172 argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3173 character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. Example: >
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3174 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
2296
eb7be7b075a6 Support :browse for commands that use an error file argument. (Lech Lorens)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2283
diff changeset
3175 See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3176
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3177 contained *:syn-contained*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3178
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3179 When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3180 the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3181 another match. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3182 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3183 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3184
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3185
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3186 display *:syn-display*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3187
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3188 If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3189 detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3190 by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3191 to be displayed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3192
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3193 Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3194 conditions:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3195 - The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3196 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3197 line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3198 - The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3199 make it continue on the next line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3200 - The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3201 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3202 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3203 - The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3204 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3205 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3206 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3207
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3208 Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3209 - match with a number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3210 - match with a label
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3211
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3212
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3213 transparent *:syn-transparent*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3214
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3215 If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3216 itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3217 is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3218 only to skip over a part of the text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3219
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3220 The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3221 unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3222 avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3223 highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3224 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3225 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3226 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3227 :hi link myString String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3228 :hi link myWord Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3229 Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3230 match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3231 argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3232 it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3233 out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3234 "myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Constant. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3235 happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3236 position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3237
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3238 When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3239 items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3240 see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3241 through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3242
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3243 look from here
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3244
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3245 | | | | | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3246 V V V V V V
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3247
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3248 xxxx yyy more contained items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3249 .................... contained item (transparent)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3250 ============================= first item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3251
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3252 The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3253 transparent group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3254
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3255 What you see is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3256
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3257 =======xxxx=======yyy========
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3258
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3259 Thus you look through the transparent "....".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3260
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3261
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3262 oneline *:syn-oneline*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3263
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3264 The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3265 boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3266 region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3267 the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3268 continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3269 line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3270
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3271 When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3272 pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3273 end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3274 means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3275 be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3276 line break.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3277
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3278
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3279 fold *:syn-fold*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3280
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
3281 The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3282 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3283 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3284 :syn sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3285 :set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3286 This will make each {} block form one fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3287
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3288 The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3289 ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3290 The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3291 {not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3292
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3293
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3294 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3295 contains={groupname},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3296
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3297 The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3298 groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3299 containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3300 regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3301 this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3302 here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3303
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3304 contains=ALL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3305 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3306 groups will be accepted inside the item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3307
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3308 contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3309 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3310 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3311 are listed. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3312 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3313
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3314 contains=TOP
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3315 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3316 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3317 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3318 contains=TOP,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3319 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3320
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3321 contains=CONTAINED
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3322 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3323 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3324 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3325 contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3326 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3327 listed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3328
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3329
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3330 The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3331 that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3332 The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3333 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3334 The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3335 that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3336 command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3337 syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3338 the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3339 group names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3340
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3341 The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3342 region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3343 |:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3344 region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3345 area that is highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3346
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3348 containedin={groupname}... *:syn-containedin*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3349
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3350 The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3351 item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3352 containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3353
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3354 The {groupname}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3355
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3356 This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3357 be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3358 of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3359 the C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3360 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3361 Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3362 level.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3363
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3364 Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3365 appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3366 keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3367 work.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3368
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3369
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3370 nextgroup={groupname},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3371
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3372 The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3373 separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3374
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3375 If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3376 tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3377 a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3378 will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3379 current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3380 other groups. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3381 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3382 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3383 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3384
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3385 This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3386 "Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3387 highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3389 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3390 fff bbb fff bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3392 Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3393 when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3394 highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3395 would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3396
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3397
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3398 skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3399 skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3400 skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3401
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3402 These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3403 used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
1275
d787f6c4c481 updated for version 7.1
vimboss
parents: 1224
diff changeset
3404 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3405 skipnl skip over the end of a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3406 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3407
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3408 When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3409 next group that matches the white space.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3410
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3411 When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3412 line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3413 line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3414 the current item in the same line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3415
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3416 When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3417 groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3418 for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3419 space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3420
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3421 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3422 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3423 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3424 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3425 Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3426 match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3427 precedence.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3428 Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3429 "contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3430 example).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3431
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3432 IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3433
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3434 :sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3435 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3436 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3437 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3438 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3439 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3440 given explicitly.
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
3441
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3442 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3443 7. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3444
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3445 In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3446 characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3447 use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3448 use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3449 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3450 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3451
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3452 See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
3453 always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3454 value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3455 not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3456 independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3457
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3458 Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3459 This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3460
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3461 *:syn-pattern-offset*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3462 The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3463 change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3464 match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3465 are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3466 pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3467
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3468 The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3469 The {what} can be one of seven strings:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3470
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3471 ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3472 me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3473 hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3474 he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3475 rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3476 re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3477 lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3478
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3479 The {offset} can be:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3480
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3481 s start of the matched pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3482 s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3483 s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3484 e end of the matched pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3485 e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3486 e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3487 {nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3488
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3489 Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3490
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3491 Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3492 meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3493
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3494 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3495 match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3496 region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3497 region item skip - yes - - - - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3498 region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3499
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3500 Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3501 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3502 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3503 some "string" text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3504 ^^^^^^ highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3505
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3506 Notes:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3507 - There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3508 offset(s).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3509 - The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3510 - A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3511 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
3512 - Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
3513 This didn't work well for multi-byte characters, so it was changed with the
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
3514 Vim 7.2 release.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3515 - The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3516 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3517 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3518
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3519 Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3520 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3521 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3522 /* this is a comment */
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3523 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3524
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3525 A more complicated Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3526 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3527 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3528 abcfoostringbarabc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3529 mmmmmmmmmmm match
625
81fe2ccc1207 updated for version 7.0179
vimboss
parents: 572
diff changeset
3530 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3531
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3532 Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3533
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3534 Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3535 with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3536 in the pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3537
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3538 The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3539 be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3540 cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3541 characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3542 used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3543 specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3544
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3545 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3546 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3547 :syn match Underline "_\+"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3548 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3549 ___zzzz ___wwww
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3550 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3551 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3552 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3553
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3554 The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3555 unless you set "ms" explicitly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3556
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3557
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3558 Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3559
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3560 The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3561 expected, but there are a few exceptions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3562
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3563 When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3564 allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
3565 following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
3566 the match doesn't move to another line.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3567
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3568 The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3569 continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3570 matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3571 halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3572 previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3573 is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3574 x x a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3575 b x x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3576 Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3577 after the "\n".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3578
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3579
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3580 External matches *:syn-ext-match*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3581
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3582 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3583
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3584 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3585 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it is can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3586 be accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3587 in defining a syntax region start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3588
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3589 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3590 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3591 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3592 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3593
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3594 Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3595 sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3596 shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3597 items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3598 referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3599 example, for instance, can be done like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3600 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3601
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3602 As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3603 it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3604 changes the \1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3605 first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3606 also be used in skip patterns: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3607 :syn region foo start="start \(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3608
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3609 Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3610 indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3611 to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3612 Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3613 within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3614 sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3615 the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3616
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3617 Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3618 cannot be referred to.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3619
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3620 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3621 8. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3622
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3623 :sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3624 [add={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3625 [remove={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3626
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3627 This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3628 single name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3629
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3630 contains={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3631 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3632 add={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3633 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3634 remove={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3635 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3636
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
3637 A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
3638 nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
3639 this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3640
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3641 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3642 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3643 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3644
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3645 As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3646 retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3647 to speak: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3648 :syntax keyword A aaa
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3649 :syntax keyword B bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3650 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3651 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3652 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3653
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3654 This also has implications for nested clusters: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3655 :syntax keyword A aaa
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3656 :syntax keyword B bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3657 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3658 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3659 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3660 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3661 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3662
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3663 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3664 9. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3665
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3666 It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3667 a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3668 two different ways:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3669
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3670 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3671 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3672 the |:runtime| command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3674 " In cpp.vim:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3675 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3676 :unlet b:current_syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3677
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3678 < - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3679 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3680 ":syntax include" command:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3681
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3682 :sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3683
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3684 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3685 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3686 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3687 that list. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3688
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3689 " In perl.vim:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3690 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3691 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3692 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3693 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3694 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3695 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3696 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3697 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3698 with his own version, without replacing the file that does the ":syn
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3699 include".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3700
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3701 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3702 10. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3703
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3704 Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3705 make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3706 redrawing starts.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3707
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3708 :sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3709
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3710 There are four ways to synchronize:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3711 1. Always parse from the start of the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3712 |:syn-sync-first|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3713 2. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3714 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3715 |:syn-sync-second|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3716 3. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3717 |:syn-sync-third|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3718 4. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3719 |:syn-sync-fourth|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3720
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3721 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3722 For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3723 limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3724
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3725 If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3726 that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3727 lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3728
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3729 If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3730 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3731 adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3732 slow machine. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3733 :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3734 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3735 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3736 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3737 cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3738 start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3739 the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3740 break use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3741 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3742 The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3743 change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3744 value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3745
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3746
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3747 First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3748 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3749 :syntax sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3750
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3751 The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3752 accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3753 so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3754 when making changes some part of the next needs to be parsed again (worst
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3755 case: to the end of the file).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3756
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3757 Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3758
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3759
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3760 Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3761
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3762 For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3763 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3764 :syntax sync ccomment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3765
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3766 When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3767 comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3768 used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3769 An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3770 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3771 This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3772 used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3773 region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3774
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3775 The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3776 lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3777 lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3778 lines, but it hard to sync on).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3779
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3780 Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3781 that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3782 is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3783 chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3784 is hardly ever noticed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3785
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3786
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3787 Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3788
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3789 For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3790 Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3791 means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3792 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3793 :syntax sync minlines=50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3794
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3795 "lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3796
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3797
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3798 Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3799
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3800 The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3801 sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3802 region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3803 starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3804 the search continues backwards in the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3805
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3806 This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3807 matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3808 - Keywords cannot be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3809 - The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3810 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3811 - The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3812 forwards.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3813 - A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3814 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3815 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3816 consecutive that contain the continuation pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3817 - When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3818 group of continued lines).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3819 - When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3820 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3821 line (or group of continued lines).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3822 - When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3823 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3824 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3825 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3826
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3827 There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3828 1. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3829 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3830 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3831 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3832 2. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3833 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3834 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3835 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3836 Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3837
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3838 Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3839 avoid finding unwanted matches.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3840
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3841 [The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3842 search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3843 highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3844 faster.]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3845
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3846 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3847 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3848
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3849 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3850 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3851 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3852 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3853 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3854
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3855 *syn-sync-groupthere*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3856 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3857
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3858 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3859 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3860 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3861 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3862 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3863 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3864 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3865 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3866 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3867 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3868
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3869 :syntax sync match ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3870 :syntax sync region ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3871
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3872 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3873 skipped while searching for a sync point.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3874
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
3875 *syn-sync-linecont*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3876 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3877
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3878 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3879 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3880 consider the lines to be concatenated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3881
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3882 If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3883 searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3884 few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3885 :syntax sync maxlines=100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3886
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3887 You can clear all sync settings with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3888 :syntax sync clear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3889
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3890 You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3891 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3892
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3893 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3894 11. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3895
534
c6296b0ad9ea updated for version 7.0151
vimboss
parents: 523
diff changeset
3896 This command lists all the syntax items: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3897
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3898 :sy[ntax] [list]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3899
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3900 To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3901
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3902 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3903
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3904 To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3905
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3906 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3907
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3908 See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3909
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3910 Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3911 is mostly used, because it looks better.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3912
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3913 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3914 12. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3915
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3916 There are three types of highlight groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3917 - The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3918 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3919 linked to a group of the second type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3920 - The ones used for all syntax languages.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3921 - The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3922 *hitest.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3923 You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3924 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3925 This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3926 in their own color.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3927
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3928 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
2152
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3929 :colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3930 This is basically the same as >
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3931 :echo g:colors_name
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3932 < In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3933 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3934 feature it will output "unknown".
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3935
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3936 :colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3937 for the file "colors/{name}.vim. The first one that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3938 is found is loaded.
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
3939 To see the name of the currently active color scheme: >
2152
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3940 :colo
b9e314fe473f Updated runtime files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 2033
diff changeset
3941 < The name is also stored in the g:colors_name variable.
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
3942 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3943 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
12
bdeee1504ac1 updated for version 7.0004
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
3944 After the color scheme has been loaded the
bdeee1504ac1 updated for version 7.0004
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
3945 |ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
3946 For info about writing a colorscheme file: >
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 17
diff changeset
3947 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3948
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3949 :hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3950 attributes set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3951
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3952 :hi[ghlight] {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3953 List one highlight group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3954
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3955 :hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3956 highlighting for groups added by the user!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3957 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3958 default colors to use.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3959
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3960 :hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3961 :hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3962 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3963 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3964
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3965 :hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3966 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3967 an existing group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3968 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3969 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3970 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3971
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3972 Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3973 default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3974 highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3975 values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3976 the default value.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3977
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3978 A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3979 a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3980
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3981 :hi Comment gui=bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3982
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3983 Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3984 specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3985 result is like this single command has been used: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3986 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3987 <
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
3988 *:highlight-verbose*
448
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3989 When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3990 also tell where it was last set. Example: >
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3991 :verbose hi Comment
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3992 < Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
856
8cd729851562 updated for version 7.0g
vimboss
parents: 846
diff changeset
3993 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
448
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3994
484
f012c4ed8c38 updated for version 7.0132
vimboss
parents: 481
diff changeset
3995 When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
f012c4ed8c38 updated for version 7.0132
vimboss
parents: 481
diff changeset
3996 mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
448
dd9db57ee7ce updated for version 7.0118
vimboss
parents: 419
diff changeset
3997
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3998 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3999 There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4000 term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4001 cterm a color terminal (MS-DOS console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4002 termcap entry)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4003 gui the GUI
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4004
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4005 For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4006 the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4007
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4008 1. highlight arguments for normal terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4009
301
006e9c8a6a8a updated for version 7.0079
vimboss
parents: 279
diff changeset
4010 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
006e9c8a6a8a updated for version 7.0079
vimboss
parents: 279
diff changeset
4011 *inverse* *italic* *standout*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4012 term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4013 attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4014 following items (in any order):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4015 bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4016 underline
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4017 undercurl not always available
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4018 reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4019 inverse same as reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4020 italic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4021 standout
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4022 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4023
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4024 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4025 have the same effect.
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4026 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4027 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" is only available in
819
23f82b5d2814 updated for version 7.0c10
vimboss
parents: 816
diff changeset
4028 the GUI. The color is set with |highlight-guisp|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4029
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4030 start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4031 stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4032 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4033 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4034
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4035 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4036 is written before the characters in the highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4037 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4038 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4039 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4040 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4041 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4042
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4043 The {term-list} can have two forms:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4044
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4045 1. A string with escape sequences.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4046 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4047 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4048 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4049 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4050
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4051 2. A list of terminal codes.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4052 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4053 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4054 White space is not allowed. Example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4055 start=t_C1,t_BL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4056 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4057
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4058
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4059 2. highlight arguments for color terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4060
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4061 cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4062 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4063 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4064 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4065 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4066 Note: Many terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4067 with coloring. Use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg=" OR "ctermbg=".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4068
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4069 ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4070 ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4071 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4072 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4073 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4074 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4075 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4076 another color, on others you just get color 3.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4077
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4078 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4079 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4080 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4081 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4082 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4083
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4084 The MSDOS standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4085 have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in X11
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4086 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4087 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4088 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4089
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4090 *cterm-colors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4091 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4092 0 0 Black
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4093 1 4 DarkBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4094 2 2 DarkGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4095 3 6 DarkCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4096 4 1 DarkRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4097 5 5 DarkMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4098 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4099 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4100 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4101 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4102 10 2* Green, LightGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4103 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4104 12 1* Red, LightRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4105 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4106 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4107 15 7* White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4108
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4109 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4110 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4111 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4112 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4113 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4114 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4115 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4116 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4117 a number instead of a color name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4118
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4119 The case of the color names is ignored.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4120 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
4121 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that Blue
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4122 is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4123
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4124 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4125 colors!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4126
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4127 *:hi-normal-cterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4128 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4129 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4130 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4131 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4132 < When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4133 'background' option will be adjusted automatically. This causes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4134 highlight groups that depend on 'background' to change! This means
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4135 you should set the colors for Normal first, before setting other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4136 colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4137 When a colorscheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4138 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
2033
de5a43c5eedc Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents: 1702
diff changeset
4139 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4141 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4142 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4143 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4144 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4145 *E419* *E420*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4146 When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4147 "bg" can be used as color names. This only works after setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4148 colors for the Normal group and for the MS-DOS console. Example, for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4149 reverse video: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4150 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4151 < Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4152 command are given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4153 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4154
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4155
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4156 3. highlight arguments for the GUI
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4157
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4158 gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4159 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4160 See |attr-list| for a description.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4161 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4162 have the same effect.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4163 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4164
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4165 font={font-name} *highlight-font*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4166 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4167 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4168 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4169 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4170 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4171 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4172 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4173 used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4174 The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4175 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4176 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4177 changed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4178 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4179 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4180 occur.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4181
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4182 guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4183 guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4184 guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4185 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
642
2392a6da4aa4 updated for version 7.0186
vimboss
parents: 632
diff changeset
4186 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl.
2392a6da4aa4 updated for version 7.0186
vimboss
parents: 632
diff changeset
4187 There are a few special names:
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4188 NONE no color (transparent)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4189 bg use normal background color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4190 background use normal background color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4191 fg use normal foreground color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4192 foreground use normal foreground color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4193 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4194 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4195 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4196 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4197 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4198 *gui-colors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4199 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4200 Red LightRed DarkRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4201 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4202 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4203 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4204 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4205 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4206 Gray LightGray DarkGray
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4207 Black White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4208 Orange Purple Violet
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4209
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4210 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4211 |win32-colors|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4212
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4213 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4214 The format is "#rrggbb", where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4215 "rr" is the Red value
217
89114a6baf3c updated for version 7.0061
vimboss
parents: 169
diff changeset
4216 "gg" is the Green value
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4217 "bb" is the Blue value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4218 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4219 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4220 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4221 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4222 These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4223 'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4224 of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4225 command.
2314
233eb4412f5d Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2304
diff changeset
4226 *hl-ColorColumn*
233eb4412f5d Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2304
diff changeset
4227 ColorColumn used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4228 *hl-Conceal*
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4229 Conceal placeholder characters substituted for concealed
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4230 text (see 'conceallevel')
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4231 *hl-Cursor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4232 Cursor the character under the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4233 *hl-CursorIM*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4234 CursorIM like Cursor, but used when in IME mode |CursorIM|
746
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4235 *hl-CursorColumn*
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4236 CursorColumn the screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4237 set
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4238 *hl-CursorLine*
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4239 CursorLine the screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is
0e81c2291705 updated for version 7.0222
vimboss
parents: 720
diff changeset
4240 set
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4241 *hl-Directory*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4242 Directory directory names (and other special names in listings)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4243 *hl-DiffAdd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4244 DiffAdd diff mode: Added line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4245 *hl-DiffChange*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4246 DiffChange diff mode: Changed line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4247 *hl-DiffDelete*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4248 DiffDelete diff mode: Deleted line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4249 *hl-DiffText*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4250 DiffText diff mode: Changed text within a changed line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4251 *hl-ErrorMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4252 ErrorMsg error messages on the command line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4253 *hl-VertSplit*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4254 VertSplit the column separating vertically split windows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4255 *hl-Folded*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4256 Folded line used for closed folds
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4257 *hl-FoldColumn*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4258 FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4259 *hl-SignColumn*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4260 SignColumn column where |signs| are displayed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4261 *hl-IncSearch*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4262 IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4263 ":s///c"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4264 *hl-LineNr*
699
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4265 LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32 Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2154
diff changeset
4266 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
699
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4267 *hl-MatchParen*
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4268 MatchParen The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4269 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
2af8de31a3a8 updated for version 7.0211
vimboss
parents: 677
diff changeset
4270
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4271 *hl-ModeMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4272 ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4273 *hl-MoreMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4274 MoreMsg |more-prompt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4275 *hl-NonText*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4276 NonText '~' and '@' at the end of the window, characters from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4277 'showbreak' and other characters that do not really exist in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4278 the text (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4279 doesn't fit at the end of the line).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4280 *hl-Normal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4281 Normal normal text
540
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4282 *hl-Pmenu*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4283 Pmenu Popup menu: normal item.
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4284 *hl-PmenuSel*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4285 PmenuSel Popup menu: selected item.
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4286 *hl-PmenuSbar*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4287 PmenuSbar Popup menu: scrollbar.
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4288 *hl-PmenuThumb*
2df7f3a5eb96 updated for version 7.0153
vimboss
parents: 534
diff changeset
4289 PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4290 *hl-Question*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4291 Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4292 *hl-Search*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4293 Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4294 Also used for highlighting the current line in the quickfix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4295 window and similar items that need to stand out.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4296 *hl-SpecialKey*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4297 SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4298 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4299 Generally: text that is displayed differently from what it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4300 really is.
221
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4301 *hl-SpellBad*
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4302 SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4303 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
391
289b19a6f2ed updated for version 7.0103
vimboss
parents: 301
diff changeset
4304 *hl-SpellCap*
289b19a6f2ed updated for version 7.0103
vimboss
parents: 301
diff changeset
4305 SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
289b19a6f2ed updated for version 7.0103
vimboss
parents: 301
diff changeset
4306 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
221
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4307 *hl-SpellLocal*
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4308 SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4309 used in another region. |spell|
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4310 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4311 *hl-SpellRare*
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4312 SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4313 hardly ever used. |spell|
7fd4b5df33be updated for version 7.0062
vimboss
parents: 217
diff changeset
4314 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4315 *hl-StatusLine*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4316 StatusLine status line of current window
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4317 *hl-StatusLineNC*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4318 StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4319 Note: if this is equal to "StatusLine" Vim will use "^^^" in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4320 the status line of the current window.
677
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4321 *hl-TabLine*
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4322 TabLine tab pages line, not active tab page label
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4323 *hl-TabLineFill*
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4324 TabLineFill tab pages line, where there are no labels
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4325 *hl-TabLineSel*
e649c78407e6 updated for version 7.0202
vimboss
parents: 671
diff changeset
4326 TabLineSel tab pages line, active tab page label
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4327 *hl-Title*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4328 Title titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4329 *hl-Visual*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4330 Visual Visual mode selection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4331 *hl-VisualNOS*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4332 VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4333 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4334 *hl-WarningMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4335 WarningMsg warning messages
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4336 *hl-WildMenu*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4337 WildMenu current match in 'wildmenu' completion
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4338
523
a7ae7e043e43 updated for version 7.0146
vimboss
parents: 501
diff changeset
4339 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4340 The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
4341 statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4342
1624
18ee39301b82 updated for version 7.2a
vimboss
parents: 1275
diff changeset
4343 For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4344 scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4345 Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4346 and guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4348 *hl-Menu*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4349 Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4350 Also used for the toolbar.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4351 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4352
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4353 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4354 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4355 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4356 set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4357
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4358 *hl-Scrollbar*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4359 Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4360 scrollbars.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4361 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4362
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4363 *hl-Tooltip*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4364 Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4365 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4366
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4367 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4368 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4369 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4370 set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4371
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4372 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4373 13. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4374
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4375 When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4376 can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4377 group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4378
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4379 To set a link:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4380
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4381 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4382
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4383 To remove a link:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4384
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4385 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4386
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4387 Notes: *E414*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4388 - If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4389 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4390 - As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4391 removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4392 - If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4393 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4394 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4395 links for groups that already have settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4396
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4397 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4398 The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4399 group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4400 will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4401
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4402 Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4403 specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4404 :highlight default link cComment Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4405 If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4406 :highlight link cComment Question
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4407 Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4408 overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4409
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4410 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4411 14. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4412
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4413 If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4414 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4415 :syntax clear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4416
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4417 This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4418 or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4419 in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4420 load the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4421 The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4422 loaded after this command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4423
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4424 If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4425 the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4426 :syntax off
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4427
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4428 What this command actually does, is executing the command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4429 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4430 See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4431 $VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4432
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4433 To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4434 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4435 This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4436
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4437 To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4438 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4439 This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4440
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4441 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4442 If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4443 defaults back: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4444
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4445 :syntax reset
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4446
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4447 This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4448
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4449 Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4450 back to their Vim default.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4451 Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4452 scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4453
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4454 What this actually does is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4455
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4456 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4457 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4458
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4459 Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4460
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4461 *syncolor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4462 If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4463 script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4464 'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4465 the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4466 reset" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4467
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4468 For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4469
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4470 if &background == "light"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4471 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4472 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4473 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4474 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4475
24
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4476 *E679*
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4477 Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4478 'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4479 endless loop.
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
4480
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4481 Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4482 your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4483 depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4484
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4485 *syntax_cmd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4486 The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4487 syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4488 "on" ":syntax on" command. Highlight colors are overruled but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4489 links are kept
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4490 "enable" ":syntax enable" command. Only define colors for groups that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4491 don't have highlighting yet. Use ":syntax default".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4492 "reset" ":syntax reset" command or loading a color scheme. Define all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4493 the colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4494 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4495 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4496 them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4497
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4498 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4499 15. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4501 If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4502 mappings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4503
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4504 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4505 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4506 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4507 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4508 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4509
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4510 WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4511 memory Vim will consume.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4512
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4513 Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4514 must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4515
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4516 Put these lines in your Makefile:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4517
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4518 # Make a highlight file for types. Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4519 types: types.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4520 types.vim: *.[ch]
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
4521 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4522 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4523 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4524
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4525 And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4526
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4527 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4528 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4529 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4530 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' . fname
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4531 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4532
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4533 ==============================================================================
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4534 16. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4535
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4536 Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4537 possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4538 private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4539 with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4540 highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4541 italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4542
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4543 To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4544 windows on the buffer: >
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4545 :ownsyntax foo
2254
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4546 < *w:current_syntax*
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4547 This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4548 "b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4549 restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4550 "b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4551 "w:current_syntax".
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4552
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4553 Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4554 on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4555 syntax commands executed from that window do not effect other windows on the
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4556 same buffer.
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4557
2254
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4558 A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4559 is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
4620acaf4814 One more fix for conceal patch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2250
diff changeset
4560 When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
2250
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4561
1bac28a53fae Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents: 2236
diff changeset
4562 ==============================================================================
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4563 16. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4564
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4565 Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4566 default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4567 :if &term =~ "xterm"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4568 : if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4569 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4570 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4571 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4572 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4573 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4574 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4575 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4576 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4577 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4578 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4579
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4580 You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4581 e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4582
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4583 Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4584 be wrong.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4585 *xiterm* *rxvt*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4586 The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4587 But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4588 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4589 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4590 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4591 *colortest.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4592 To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
671
83a006f81bac updated for version 7.0199
vimboss
parents: 642
diff changeset
4593 To use it, execute this command: >
83a006f81bac updated for version 7.0199
vimboss
parents: 642
diff changeset
4594 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4595
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
4596 Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4597 output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4598 at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4599 colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4600
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4601 *xfree-xterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4602 To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
237
73354c21f1e4 updated for version 7.0066
vimboss
parents: 221
diff changeset
4603 included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4604 at: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4605 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4606 Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4607 termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4608 supports. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4609 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4610 If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4611 (Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4612
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4613 This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4614 :if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4615 : set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4616 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4617 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4618 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4619 : set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4620 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4621 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4622 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4623 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4624
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4625 Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4626 translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4627 Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4628
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4629 For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4630
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4631 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4632 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4633
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4634 Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4635 and try if that works.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4636
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4637 You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4638 XTerm*color0: #000000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4639 XTerm*color1: #c00000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4640 XTerm*color2: #008000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4641 XTerm*color3: #808000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4642 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4643 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4644 XTerm*color6: #008080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4645 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4646 XTerm*color8: #808080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4647 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4648 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4649 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4650 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4651 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4652 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4653 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4654 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4655
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4656 [Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4657 cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
4658 newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4659
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4660 To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4661 Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4662 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4663 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4664 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4665 To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4666 Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4667 these resources:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4668 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4669 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4670 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4671 XTerm*cursorColor: White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4672
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4673 *hpterm-color*
1125
96cd8222a819 updated for version 7.1a
vimboss
parents: 874
diff changeset
4674 These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4675 foreground colors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4676 :if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4677 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4678 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4679 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4680 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4681 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4682 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4683 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4684 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4685 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4686
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4687 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4688 These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4689 emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4690 bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4691 :set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4692 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4693 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4694 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4695 *TTpro-telnet*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4696 These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4697 open-source program for MS-Windows. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4698 set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4699 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4700 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4701 Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4702 that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4703 (info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4704
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4705 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: